PR debug/82630
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
blob435849c3d35f506e1285fc6834f543994c574414
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60 \n\
61 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
68 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70 DEFHOOK
71 (label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73 @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
78 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80 DEFHOOK
81 (loop_align_max_skip,
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83 @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84 defined.",
85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
88 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90 DEFHOOK
91 (label_align_max_skip,
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93 to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94 is defined.",
95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
98 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100 DEFHOOK
101 (jump_align_max_skip,
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103 @code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
108 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113 DEFHOOK
114 (integer,
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
122 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
130 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132 DEFHOOK
133 (decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
139 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (globalize_label,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
146 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
151 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152 DEFHOOK
153 (globalize_decl_name,
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
158 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
161 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162 DEFHOOK
163 (assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
171 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176 DEFHOOK
177 (emit_unwind_label,
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
186 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
190 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191 DEFHOOK
192 (emit_except_table_label,
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195 to be broken up according to function.\n\
197 The default is that no label is emitted.",
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
201 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202 DEFHOOK
203 (emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
210 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211 DEFHOOK
212 (unwind_emit,
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
217 NULL)
219 DEFHOOKPOD
220 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
226 /* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229 (generate_internal_label,
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
234 /* Output an internal label. */
235 DEFHOOK
236 (internal_label,
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
240 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
244 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
250 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
254 /* Output label for the constant. */
255 DEFHOOK
256 (declare_constant_name,
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262 will be an internal label.\n\
264 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
267 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
271 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272 DEFHOOK
273 (ttype,
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
281 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283 DEFHOOK
284 (assemble_visibility,
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
291 DEFHOOK
292 (print_patchable_function_entry,
293 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
294 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
295 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
296 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
297 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
298 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
299 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
300 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
302 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
303 DEFHOOK
304 (function_prologue,
305 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
306 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
307 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
308 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
309 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
310 code should be output.\n\
312 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
313 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
315 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
316 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
317 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
318 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
319 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
320 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
321 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
323 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
324 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
325 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
326 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
327 registers are used in the function.\n\
329 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
330 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
331 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
332 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
333 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
334 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
335 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
337 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
338 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
339 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
340 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
341 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
342 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
343 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
344 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
345 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
346 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
347 void, (FILE *file),
348 default_function_pro_epilogue)
350 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
351 DEFHOOK
352 (function_end_prologue,
353 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
354 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
355 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
356 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
357 void, (FILE *file),
358 no_asm_to_stream)
360 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
361 DEFHOOK
362 (function_begin_epilogue,
363 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
364 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
365 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
366 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
367 void, (FILE *file),
368 no_asm_to_stream)
370 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
371 DEFHOOK
372 (function_epilogue,
373 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
374 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
375 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
376 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
377 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
378 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
379 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
381 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
382 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
383 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
384 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
386 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
387 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
388 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
389 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
390 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
391 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
393 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
394 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
395 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
396 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
397 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
398 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
400 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
401 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
402 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
403 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
405 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
406 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
407 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
408 number of arguments.\n\
410 @findex pops_args\n\
411 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
412 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
413 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
414 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
415 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
416 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
417 void, (FILE *file),
418 default_function_pro_epilogue)
420 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
421 DEFHOOK
422 (init_sections,
423 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
424 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
425 of its own that you need to create.\n\
427 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
428 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
429 described below.",
430 void, (void),
431 hook_void_void)
433 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
434 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
435 which this section is associated. */
436 DEFHOOK
437 (named_section,
438 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
439 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
440 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
441 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
442 this section is associated.",
443 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
444 default_no_named_section)
446 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
447 declaration, using their numerical value. */
448 DEFHOOK
449 (elf_flags_numeric,
450 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
451 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
452 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
453 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
454 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
455 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
456 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
457 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
458 is emitted.",
459 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
460 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
462 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
463 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
464 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
465 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
466 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
467 (from static destructors).
468 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
469 DEFHOOK
470 (function_section,
471 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
472 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
473 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
474 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
475 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
476 (from static destructors).\n\
477 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
478 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
479 default_function_section)
481 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
482 DEFHOOK
483 (function_switched_text_sections,
484 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
485 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
486 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
487 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
488 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
489 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
490 default_function_switched_text_sections)
492 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
493 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
494 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
495 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
496 DEFHOOK
497 (reloc_rw_mask,
498 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
499 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
500 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
501 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
503 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
504 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
505 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
506 in read-only sections even in executables.",
507 int, (void),
508 default_reloc_rw_mask)
510 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
511 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
512 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
513 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (select_section,
516 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
517 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
518 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
519 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
520 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
521 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
523 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
524 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
526 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
527 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
528 default_select_section)
530 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
531 alignment in bits. */
532 DEFHOOK
533 (select_rtx_section,
534 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
535 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
536 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
537 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
538 in bits.\n\
540 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
541 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
542 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
543 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
544 default_select_rtx_section)
546 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
547 for SELECT_SECTION. */
548 DEFHOOK
549 (unique_section,
550 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
551 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
552 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
553 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
555 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
556 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
557 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
558 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
559 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
560 default_unique_section)
562 /* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
563 DEFHOOK
564 (function_rodata_section,
565 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
566 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
567 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
568 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
569 if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
570 otherwise.",
571 section *, (tree decl),
572 default_function_rodata_section)
574 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
575 for mergeable data sections. */
576 DEFHOOKPOD
577 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
578 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
579 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
580 the string if a different section name should be used.",
581 const char *, ".rodata")
583 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
584 DEFHOOK
585 (tm_clone_table_section,
586 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
587 tables.",
588 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
590 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
591 DEFHOOK
592 (constructor,
593 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
594 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
596 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
597 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
598 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
599 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
601 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
602 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
603 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
604 is not defined.",
605 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
607 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
608 DEFHOOK
609 (destructor,
610 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
611 functions rather than initialization functions.",
612 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
614 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
615 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
616 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
617 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
618 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
619 DEFHOOK
620 (output_mi_thunk,
621 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
622 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
623 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
624 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
625 the real function.\n\
627 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
628 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
629 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
630 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
631 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
632 all other incoming arguments.\n\
634 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
635 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
636 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
638 @smallexample\n\
639 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
640 @end smallexample\n\
642 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
643 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
644 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
645 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
647 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
648 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
649 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
650 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
652 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
653 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
654 some targets, but probably not.\n\
656 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
657 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
658 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
659 not support varargs.",
660 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
661 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
662 NULL)
664 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
665 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
666 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
667 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
668 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
669 text to the output file. */
670 DEFHOOK
671 (can_output_mi_thunk,
672 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
673 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
674 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
675 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
676 previously exposed.",
677 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
678 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
679 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
681 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
682 translation unit. */
683 DEFHOOK
684 (file_start,
685 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
686 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
687 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
688 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
689 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
690 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
691 void, (void),
692 default_file_start)
694 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
695 DEFHOOK
696 (file_end,
697 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
698 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
699 void, (void),
700 hook_void_void)
702 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
703 LTO output stream. */
704 DEFHOOK
705 (lto_start,
706 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
707 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
708 nothing.",
709 void, (void),
710 hook_void_void)
712 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
713 LTO output stream. */
714 DEFHOOK
715 (lto_end,
716 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
717 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
718 nothing.",
719 void, (void),
720 hook_void_void)
722 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
723 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
724 DEFHOOK
725 (code_end,
726 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
727 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
728 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
729 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
730 nothing.",
731 void, (void),
732 hook_void_void)
734 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
735 external. */
736 DEFHOOK
737 (external_libcall,
738 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
739 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
740 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
741 void, (rtx symref),
742 default_external_libcall)
744 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
745 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
746 DEFHOOK
747 (mark_decl_preserved,
748 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
749 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
750 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
751 void, (const char *symbol),
752 hook_void_constcharptr)
754 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
755 DEFHOOK
756 (record_gcc_switches,
757 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
758 switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
759 enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
760 It can take the following values:\n\
762 @table @gcctabopt\n\
763 @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
764 @var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
766 @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
767 @var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
768 direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
769 default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
770 command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
771 various different individual optimization passes.\n\
773 @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
774 @var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
775 ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
776 target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
777 time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
778 warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
779 wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
780 necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
781 perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
782 switches.\n\
784 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
785 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
787 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
788 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
789 @end table\n\
791 The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
792 supported in the future.\n\
794 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
795 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
796 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
797 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
798 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
799 hook.",
800 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
801 NULL)
803 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
804 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
805 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
806 this information. */
807 DEFHOOKPOD
808 (record_gcc_switches_section,
809 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
810 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
811 hook.",
812 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
814 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
815 DEFHOOK
816 (output_anchor,
817 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
818 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
819 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
820 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
822 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
823 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
824 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
825 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
826 void, (rtx x),
827 default_asm_output_anchor)
829 DEFHOOK
830 (output_ident,
831 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
832 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
833 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
834 directive.",
835 void, (const char *name),
836 hook_void_constcharptr)
838 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
839 DEFHOOK
840 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
841 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
842 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
843 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
844 NULL)
846 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
847 DEFHOOK
848 (final_postscan_insn,
849 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
850 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
851 if necessary.\n\
853 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
854 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
855 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
856 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
857 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
858 by checking the contents of the vector.",
859 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
860 NULL)
862 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
863 DEFHOOK
864 (trampoline_template,
865 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
866 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
867 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
868 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
870 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
871 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
872 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
873 to generate it on the spot.",
874 void, (FILE *f),
875 NULL)
877 DEFHOOK
878 (output_source_filename,
879 "Output COFF information or DWARF debugging information which indicates\
880 that filename @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio\
881 stream @var{file}.\n\
883 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
884 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
885 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
886 default_asm_output_source_filename)
888 DEFHOOK
889 (output_addr_const_extra,
890 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
891 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
892 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
893 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
895 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
896 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
897 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
898 return @code{true}.",
899 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
900 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
902 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
903 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
904 initializers. */
905 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
906 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
908 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
909 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
910 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
911 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
912 (print_operand,
914 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
915 default_print_operand)
917 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
918 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
919 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
920 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
921 (print_operand_address,
923 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
924 default_print_operand_address)
926 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
927 `print_operand' hook. */
928 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
929 not this hook. */
930 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
931 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
933 bool ,(unsigned char code),
934 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
936 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
937 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
938 DEFHOOK
939 (mangle_assembler_name,
940 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
941 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
942 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
943 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
944 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
945 tree, (const char *name),
946 default_mangle_assembler_name)
948 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
950 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
951 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
952 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
953 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
954 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
956 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
957 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
958 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
959 DEFHOOK
960 (adjust_cost,
961 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
962 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
963 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
964 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
965 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
966 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
967 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
968 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
969 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
970 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
971 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
972 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
973 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
974 unsigned int dw),
975 NULL)
977 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
978 DEFHOOK
979 (adjust_priority,
980 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
981 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
982 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
983 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
984 scheduling priorities of insns.",
985 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
987 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
988 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
989 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
990 DEFHOOK
991 (issue_rate,
992 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
993 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
994 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
995 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
996 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
997 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
998 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
999 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
1000 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
1001 int, (void), NULL)
1003 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
1004 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
1005 DEFHOOK
1006 (variable_issue,
1007 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
1008 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
1009 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
1010 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1011 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1012 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1013 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1014 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1015 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1016 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1017 was scheduled.",
1018 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1020 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1021 DEFHOOK
1022 (init,
1023 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1024 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1025 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1026 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1027 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1028 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1029 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1030 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1032 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1033 DEFHOOK
1034 (finish,
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1036 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1037 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1038 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1039 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1040 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1041 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1043 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1044 DEFHOOK
1045 (init_global,
1046 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1047 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1048 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1049 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1050 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1052 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1053 DEFHOOK
1054 (finish_global,
1055 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1056 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1057 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1058 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1060 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1061 places. Default does nothing. */
1062 DEFHOOK
1063 (reorder,
1064 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1065 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1066 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1067 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1068 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1069 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1070 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1071 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1072 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1073 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1074 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1075 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1076 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1077 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1078 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1080 DEFHOOK
1081 (reorder2,
1082 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1083 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1084 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1085 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1086 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1087 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1088 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1089 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1090 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1092 DEFHOOK
1093 (macro_fusion_p,
1094 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1095 bool, (void), NULL)
1097 DEFHOOK
1098 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1099 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1100 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1101 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1102 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1103 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1104 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1105 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1107 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1108 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1109 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1110 DEFHOOK
1111 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1112 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1113 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1114 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1115 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1116 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1117 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1118 calculated.",
1119 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1121 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1122 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1123 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1124 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1125 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1126 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1127 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1128 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1129 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1131 DEFHOOK
1132 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1133 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1134 void, (void), NULL)
1136 DEFHOOK
1137 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1138 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1139 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1140 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1141 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1142 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1143 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1144 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1145 rtx, (void), NULL)
1147 DEFHOOK
1148 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1149 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1150 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1151 void, (void), NULL)
1153 DEFHOOK
1154 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1155 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1156 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1157 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1158 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1160 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1161 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1162 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1163 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1165 DEFHOOK
1166 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1167 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1168 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1169 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1170 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1171 void, (void), NULL)
1173 DEFHOOK
1174 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1175 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1176 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1177 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1178 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1179 void, (void), NULL)
1181 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1182 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1183 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1184 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1185 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1186 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1187 insns on the same cycle. */
1188 DEFHOOK
1189 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1190 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1191 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1192 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1193 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1194 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1195 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1196 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1197 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1198 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1199 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1201 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1202 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1203 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1204 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1205 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1206 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1207 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1208 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1209 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1211 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1212 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1213 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1215 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1216 int, (void), NULL)
1218 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1219 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1220 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1221 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1222 DEFHOOK
1223 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1224 "\n\
1225 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1226 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1227 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1228 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1229 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1230 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1231 number of cycles.\n\
1232 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1233 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1234 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1236 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1237 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1239 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1240 scheduling.
1241 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1242 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1243 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1244 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1245 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1246 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1247 scheduling on current cycle. */
1248 DEFHOOK
1249 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1250 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1251 scheduling.",
1252 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1253 NULL)
1255 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1256 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1257 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1258 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1259 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1260 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1261 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1262 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1263 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1264 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1265 DEFHOOK
1266 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1267 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1268 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1269 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1271 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1272 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1273 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1274 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1275 described in DFA.
1276 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1277 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1278 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1279 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1280 DEFHOOK
1281 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1282 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1283 an instruction.",
1284 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1286 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1287 round of multipass scheduling.
1288 DATA is a pointer.
1289 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1290 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1291 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1292 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1293 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1294 DEFHOOK
1295 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1296 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1297 round of multipass scheduling.",
1298 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1300 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1301 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1302 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1303 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1304 described in DFA. */
1305 DEFHOOK
1306 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1307 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1308 void, (void *data), NULL)
1310 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1311 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1312 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1313 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1314 described in DFA. */
1315 DEFHOOK
1316 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1317 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1318 void, (void *data), NULL)
1320 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1321 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1322 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1323 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1324 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1325 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1326 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1327 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1328 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1329 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1330 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1331 DEFHOOK
1332 (dfa_new_cycle,
1333 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1334 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1335 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1336 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1337 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1338 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1339 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1340 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1341 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1342 and the current processor cycle.",
1343 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1344 int clock, int *sort_p),
1345 NULL)
1347 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1348 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1349 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1350 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1351 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1352 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1353 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1354 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1355 second insn (second parameter). */
1356 DEFHOOK
1357 (is_costly_dependence,
1358 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1359 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1360 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1361 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1362 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1363 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1364 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1365 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1366 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1367 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1369 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1370 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1371 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1372 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1373 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1374 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1375 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1376 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1378 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1379 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1380 that new instructions were emitted. */
1381 DEFHOOK
1382 (h_i_d_extended,
1383 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1384 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1385 per instruction data structures.",
1386 void, (void), NULL)
1388 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1390 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1391 DEFHOOK
1392 (alloc_sched_context,
1393 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1394 void *, (void), NULL)
1396 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1397 DEFHOOK
1398 (init_sched_context,
1399 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1400 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1401 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1402 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1404 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1405 DEFHOOK
1406 (set_sched_context,
1407 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1408 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1410 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1411 DEFHOOK
1412 (clear_sched_context,
1413 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1414 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1416 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1417 DEFHOOK
1418 (free_sched_context,
1419 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1420 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1422 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1423 by the insn scheduler.
1424 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1425 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1426 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1427 It should return
1428 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1429 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1430 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1431 generated one. */
1432 DEFHOOK
1433 (speculate_insn,
1434 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1435 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1436 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1437 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1438 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1439 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1440 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1441 the generated speculative pattern.",
1442 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1444 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1445 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1446 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1447 DEFHOOK
1448 (needs_block_p,
1449 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1450 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1451 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1452 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1454 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1455 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1456 instruction.
1457 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1458 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1459 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1460 is being performed. */
1461 DEFHOOK
1462 (gen_spec_check,
1463 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1464 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1465 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1466 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1467 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1468 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1469 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1470 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1471 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1473 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1474 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1475 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1476 DEFHOOK
1477 (set_sched_flags,
1478 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1479 enabled/used.\n\
1480 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1481 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1482 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1484 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1485 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1486 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1487 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1489 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1490 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1491 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1492 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1494 DEFHOOK
1495 (can_speculate_insn,
1496 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1497 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1498 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1499 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1500 should not be speculated.",
1501 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1503 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1504 (skip_rtx_p,
1505 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1506 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1507 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1509 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1510 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1511 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1512 to ddg variable. */
1513 DEFHOOK
1514 (sms_res_mii,
1515 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1516 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1517 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1518 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1519 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1520 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1521 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1523 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1524 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1525 parameters. */
1526 DEFHOOK
1527 (dispatch_do,
1528 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1529 in its second parameter.",
1530 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1531 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1533 /* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1534 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1535 as the second parameter is true. */
1536 DEFHOOK
1537 (dispatch,
1538 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1539 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1540 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1541 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1543 DEFHOOKPOD
1544 (exposed_pipeline,
1545 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1546 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1547 also the latencies of operations.",
1548 bool, false)
1550 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1551 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1552 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1553 DEFHOOK
1554 (reassociation_width,
1555 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1556 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1557 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1558 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1560 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1561 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1562 DEFHOOK
1563 (fusion_priority,
1564 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1565 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1566 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1568 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1569 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1570 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1571 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1572 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1573 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1575 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1576 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1577 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1578 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1579 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1580 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1581 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1582 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1583 instructions.\n\
1585 Given below example:\n\
1587 @smallexample\n\
1588 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1589 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1590 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1591 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1592 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1593 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1594 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1595 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1596 @end smallexample\n\
1598 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1599 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1600 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1601 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1602 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1604 @smallexample\n\
1605 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1606 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1607 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1608 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1609 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1610 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1611 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1612 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1613 @end smallexample\n\
1615 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1616 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1617 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1619 @smallexample\n\
1620 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1621 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1622 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1623 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1624 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1625 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1626 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1627 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1628 @end smallexample\n\
1630 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1632 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1633 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1635 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1636 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1637 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1639 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1641 /* Functions relating to OpenMP and Cilk Plus SIMD clones. */
1642 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1643 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1644 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1646 DEFHOOK
1647 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1648 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1649 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1650 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1651 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1652 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1653 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1655 DEFHOOK
1656 (adjust,
1657 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1658 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1659 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1661 DEFHOOK
1662 (usable,
1663 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1664 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1665 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1666 to use it.",
1667 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1669 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1671 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1672 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1673 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1674 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1676 DEFHOOK
1677 (vf,
1678 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1679 int, (void), NULL)
1681 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1683 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1684 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1685 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1686 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1688 DEFHOOK
1689 (validate_dims,
1690 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1691 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1692 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1693 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1694 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1695 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1696 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1697 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1698 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1699 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1700 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
1701 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1703 DEFHOOK
1704 (dim_limit,
1705 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1706 or zero if unbounded.",
1707 int, (int axis),
1708 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1710 DEFHOOK
1711 (fork_join,
1712 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1713 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1714 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1715 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1716 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1717 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1718 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1719 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1720 default_goacc_fork_join)
1722 DEFHOOK
1723 (reduction,
1724 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1725 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1726 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1727 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1728 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1729 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1730 void, (gcall *call),
1731 default_goacc_reduction)
1733 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1735 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1736 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1737 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1738 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1740 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1741 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1742 function. */
1743 DEFHOOK
1744 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1745 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1746 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1747 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1748 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1750 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1751 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1752 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1753 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1754 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1755 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1756 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1757 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1758 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1759 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1760 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1762 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1763 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1764 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1765 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1766 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1767 described above.\n\
1768 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1769 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1770 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1771 tree, (void), NULL)
1773 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1774 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1775 DEFHOOK
1776 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1777 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1778 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1779 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1780 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1781 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1782 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1783 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1785 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1786 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1787 DEFHOOK
1788 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1789 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1790 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1791 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1792 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1793 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1794 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1796 /* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1797 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1798 DEFHOOK
1799 (builtin_conversion,
1800 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1801 input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1802 The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1803 specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1804 (truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1806 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1807 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1808 conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
1809 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1810 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1812 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1813 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1814 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1815 DEFHOOK
1816 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1817 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1818 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1819 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1820 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1821 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1823 DEFHOOK
1824 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1825 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1826 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1827 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1828 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1829 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1830 for alignment.\n\
1832 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1833 correct for most targets.",
1834 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
1835 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1837 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1838 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1839 DEFHOOK
1840 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1841 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1842 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1843 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1845 /* Return true if a vector created for vec_perm_const is valid.
1846 A NULL indicates that all constants are valid permutations. */
1847 DEFHOOK
1848 (vec_perm_const_ok,
1849 "Return true if a vector created for @code{vec_perm_const} is valid.",
1850 bool, (machine_mode, vec_perm_indices),
1851 NULL)
1853 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1854 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1855 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1856 DEFHOOK
1857 (support_vector_misalignment,
1858 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1859 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1860 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1861 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1862 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1863 bool,
1864 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1865 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1867 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1868 scalar mode. */
1869 DEFHOOK
1870 (preferred_simd_mode,
1871 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1872 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1873 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1874 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1875 machine_mode,
1876 (scalar_mode mode),
1877 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1879 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1880 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1881 DEFHOOK
1882 (autovectorize_vector_sizes,
1883 "This hook should return a mask of sizes that should be iterated over\n\
1884 after trying to autovectorize using the vector size derived from the\n\
1885 mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1886 The default is zero which means to not iterate over other vector sizes.",
1887 unsigned int,
1888 (void),
1889 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1891 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1892 DEFHOOK
1893 (get_mask_mode,
1894 "A vector mask is a value that holds one boolean result for every element\n\
1895 in a vector. This hook returns the machine mode that should be used to\n\
1896 represent such a mask when the vector in question is @var{length} bytes\n\
1897 long and contains @var{nunits} elements. The hook returns an empty\n\
1898 @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such mode exists.\n\
1900 The default implementation returns the mode of an integer vector that\n\
1901 is @var{length} bytes long and that contains @var{nunits} elements,\n\
1902 if such a mode exists.",
1903 opt_machine_mode,
1904 (unsigned nunits, unsigned length),
1905 default_get_mask_mode)
1907 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1908 DEFHOOK
1909 (builtin_gather,
1910 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1911 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1912 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1913 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1914 loads.",
1915 tree,
1916 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1917 NULL)
1919 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1920 DEFHOOK
1921 (builtin_scatter,
1922 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1923 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1924 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1925 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1926 stores.",
1927 tree,
1928 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1929 NULL)
1931 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1932 DEFHOOK
1933 (init_cost,
1934 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1935 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
1936 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1937 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1938 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1939 "is being vectorized.",
1940 void *,
1941 (struct loop *loop_info),
1942 default_init_cost)
1944 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
1945 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1946 block. */
1947 DEFHOOK
1948 (add_stmt_cost,
1949 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
1950 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1951 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1952 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1953 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1954 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1955 "revised.",
1956 unsigned,
1957 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
1958 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1959 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
1960 default_add_stmt_cost)
1962 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1963 loop or block. */
1964 DEFHOOK
1965 (finish_cost,
1966 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
1967 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1968 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1969 "the three accumulators.",
1970 void,
1971 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
1972 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
1973 default_finish_cost)
1975 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
1976 DEFHOOK
1977 (destroy_cost_data,
1978 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
1979 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
1980 "accumulator.",
1981 void,
1982 (void *data),
1983 default_destroy_cost_data)
1985 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
1987 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1988 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
1990 DEFHOOK
1991 (record_offload_symbol,
1992 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
1993 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
1994 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
1995 void, (tree),
1996 hook_void_tree)
1998 DEFHOOKPOD
1999 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2000 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2001 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2002 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2003 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2005 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2006 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2007 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2008 DEFHOOK
2009 (override_options_after_change,
2010 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2011 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2012 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2013 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2014 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2015 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2016 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2017 void, (void),
2018 hook_void_void)
2020 DEFHOOK
2021 (offload_options,
2022 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2023 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2024 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2025 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2026 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2027 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2029 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2030 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2031 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2032 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2033 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2035 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2036 DEFHOOK
2037 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2038 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2039 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2040 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2041 targets.",
2042 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2043 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2045 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2046 DEFHOOK
2047 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2048 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2049 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2050 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2051 targets.",
2052 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2053 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2055 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2056 DEFHOOK
2057 (unwind_word_mode,
2058 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2059 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2060 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2061 default_unwind_word_mode)
2063 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2064 DEFHOOK
2065 (merge_decl_attributes,
2066 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2067 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2068 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2069 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2070 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2071 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2072 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2074 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2075 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2076 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2077 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2078 will then define a function called\n\
2079 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2080 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2081 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2082 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2083 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2084 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2085 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2086 merge_decl_attributes)
2088 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2089 DEFHOOK
2090 (merge_type_attributes,
2091 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2092 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2093 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2094 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2095 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2096 merging.",
2097 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2098 merge_type_attributes)
2100 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2101 Ignored if NULL. */
2102 DEFHOOKPOD
2103 (attribute_table,
2104 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2105 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2106 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2107 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2108 take.",
2109 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2111 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2112 argument. */
2113 DEFHOOK
2114 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2115 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2116 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2117 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2118 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2119 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2120 bool, (const_tree name),
2121 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2123 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2124 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2125 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2126 DEFHOOK
2127 (comp_type_attributes,
2128 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2129 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2130 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2131 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2132 supposed always to be compatible.",
2133 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2134 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2136 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2137 DEFHOOK
2138 (set_default_type_attributes,
2139 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2140 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2141 void, (tree type),
2142 hook_void_tree)
2144 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2145 DEFHOOK
2146 (insert_attributes,
2147 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2148 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2149 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2150 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2151 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2152 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2153 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2154 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2155 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2156 needed.",
2157 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2158 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2160 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2161 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2162 DEFHOOK
2163 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2164 "@cindex inlining\n\
2165 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2166 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2167 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2168 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2169 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2170 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2172 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2173 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2174 DEFHOOK
2175 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2176 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2177 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2178 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2179 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2180 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2181 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2182 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2183 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2184 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2185 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2186 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2188 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2189 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2190 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2191 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2192 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2193 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2194 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2196 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2197 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2198 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2199 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2200 may affect its placement.",
2201 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2202 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2204 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2205 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2206 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2207 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2208 (words_big_endian,
2210 bool, (void),
2211 targhook_words_big_endian)
2213 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2214 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2215 (float_words_big_endian,
2217 bool, (void),
2218 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2220 DEFHOOK
2221 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2222 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2223 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2224 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2225 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2226 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2227 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2228 does not.",
2229 bool, (void),
2230 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2232 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2233 DEFHOOK
2234 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2235 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2236 bool, (void),
2237 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2239 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2240 DEFHOOK
2241 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2242 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2243 bool, (void),
2244 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2246 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2247 DEFHOOK
2248 (align_anon_bitfield,
2249 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2250 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2251 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2252 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2253 bool, (void),
2254 hook_bool_void_false)
2256 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2257 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2258 DEFHOOK
2259 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2260 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2261 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2262 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2264 The default is @code{false}.",
2265 bool, (void),
2266 hook_bool_void_false)
2268 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2269 DEFHOOK
2270 (init_builtins,
2271 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2272 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2273 necessary setup.\n\
2275 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2276 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2277 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2278 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2280 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2281 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2282 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2283 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2284 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2285 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2286 void, (void),
2287 hook_void_void)
2289 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2290 built-in function decl for CODE.
2291 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2292 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2293 DEFHOOK
2294 (builtin_decl,
2295 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2296 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2297 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2298 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2299 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2300 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2301 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2302 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2304 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2305 DEFHOOK
2306 (expand_builtin,
2307 "\n\
2308 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2309 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2310 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2311 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2312 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2313 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2314 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2315 built-in function.",
2316 rtx,
2317 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2318 default_expand_builtin)
2320 DEFHOOK
2321 (builtin_chkp_function,
2322 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2323 Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2324 fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2325 passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2326 obtained using this hook:\n\
2327 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2328 Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2329 by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2330 bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2331 @end deftypefn\n\
2333 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2334 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2335 by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2336 when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2337 @end deftypefn\n\
2339 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2340 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2341 by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2342 address @var{loc}.\n\
2343 @end deftypefn\n\
2345 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2346 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2347 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2348 lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2349 @end deftypefn\n\
2351 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2352 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2353 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2354 upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2355 @end deftypefn\n\
2357 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2358 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2359 by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2360 @var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2361 @end deftypefn\n\
2363 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2364 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2365 returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2366 @end deftypefn\n\
2368 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2369 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2370 returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2371 [@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2372 @end deftypefn\n\
2374 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2375 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2376 returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2377 @code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2378 Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2379 (e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2380 @end deftypefn\n\
2382 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2383 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2384 returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2385 @end deftypefn\n\
2387 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2388 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2389 returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2390 @end deftypefn",
2391 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2392 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2394 DEFHOOK
2395 (chkp_bound_type,
2396 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2397 tree, (void),
2398 default_chkp_bound_type)
2400 DEFHOOK
2401 (chkp_bound_mode,
2402 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
2403 machine_mode, (void),
2404 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2406 DEFHOOK
2407 (chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2408 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2409 with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2410 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2411 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2413 DEFHOOK
2414 (chkp_initialize_bounds,
2415 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2416 bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2417 the number of generated statements.",
2418 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2419 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2421 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2422 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2423 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2424 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2425 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2426 DEFHOOK
2427 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2428 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2429 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2430 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2431 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2432 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2433 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2434 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2435 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2436 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2437 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2439 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2440 and GENERIC. */
2441 DEFHOOK
2442 (fold_builtin,
2443 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2444 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2445 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2446 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2447 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2448 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2449 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2450 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2451 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2453 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2454 DEFHOOK
2455 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2456 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2457 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2458 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2459 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2460 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2461 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2463 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2464 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2465 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2466 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2467 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2468 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2469 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2470 and 0 if they are the same. */
2471 DEFHOOK
2472 (compare_version_priority,
2473 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2474 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2475 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2476 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2477 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2478 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2479 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2481 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2482 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2483 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2484 must be generated. */
2485 DEFHOOK
2486 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2487 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2488 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2489 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2490 body must be generated.",
2491 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2493 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2494 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2495 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2496 identical versions. */
2497 DEFHOOK
2498 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2499 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2500 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2501 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2502 identical versions.",
2503 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2505 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2506 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2507 DEFHOOK
2508 (builtin_reciprocal,
2509 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2510 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2511 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2512 tree, (tree fndecl),
2513 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2515 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2516 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2517 NULL. */
2518 DEFHOOK
2519 (mangle_type,
2520 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2521 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2522 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2523 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2524 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2525 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2526 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2527 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2528 string constant.\n\
2530 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2531 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2532 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2533 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2534 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2535 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2536 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2537 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2538 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2539 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2540 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2541 spaces in your string.\n\
2543 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2544 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2545 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2546 before mangling.\n\
2548 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2549 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2550 types.",
2551 const char *, (const_tree type),
2552 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2554 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2555 DEFHOOK
2556 (init_libfuncs,
2557 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2558 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2559 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2560 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2561 library routines.\n\
2563 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2564 void, (void),
2565 hook_void_void)
2567 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2568 DEFHOOKPOD
2569 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2570 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2571 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2572 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2573 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2574 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2575 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2576 bool, false)
2578 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2579 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2580 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2581 DEFHOOK
2582 (section_type_flags,
2583 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2584 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2585 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2586 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2588 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2589 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2590 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2591 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2592 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2593 default_section_type_flags)
2595 DEFHOOK
2596 (libc_has_function,
2597 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2598 @var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2599 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2600 default_libc_has_function)
2602 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2603 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2604 DEFHOOK
2605 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2606 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2607 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2608 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2609 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2611 @smallexample\n\
2612 static bool\n\
2613 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2614 @{\n\
2615 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2616 @}\n\
2617 @end smallexample",
2618 bool, (void),
2619 hook_bool_void_false)
2621 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2622 DEFHOOK
2623 (can_follow_jump,
2624 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2625 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2626 false, if it can't.\
2627 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2628 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2629 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2630 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2632 /* Return a register class for which branch target register
2633 optimizations should be applied. */
2634 DEFHOOK
2635 (branch_target_register_class,
2636 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2637 optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2638 usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2639 re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2640 to inter-block scheduling.",
2641 reg_class_t, (void),
2642 default_branch_target_register_class)
2644 /* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2645 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2646 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2647 already been generated. */
2648 DEFHOOK
2649 (branch_target_register_callee_saved,
2650 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2651 registers\n\
2652 that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2653 returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2654 that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2655 @samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2656 saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2657 epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2658 true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2659 to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2660 to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
2661 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2662 hook_bool_bool_false)
2664 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2665 DEFHOOK
2666 (have_conditional_execution,
2667 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2668 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2669 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2670 bool, (void),
2671 default_have_conditional_execution)
2673 DEFHOOK
2674 (gen_ccmp_first,
2675 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2676 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2677 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2678 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2679 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2680 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2681 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2682 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2683 NULL)
2685 DEFHOOK
2686 (gen_ccmp_next,
2687 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2688 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2689 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2690 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2691 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2692 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2693 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2694 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2695 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2696 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2697 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2698 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2699 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2700 NULL)
2702 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2703 DEFHOOK
2704 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2705 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2706 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2707 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2708 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2709 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2710 number of memory accesses.",
2711 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2712 NULL)
2714 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2715 DEFHOOK
2716 (legitimate_constant_p,
2717 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2718 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2719 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2721 The default definition returns true.",
2722 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2723 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2725 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2726 DEFHOOK
2727 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2728 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2729 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2730 of @var{x}.\n\
2732 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2734 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2735 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2736 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2737 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2738 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2739 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2740 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2742 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2743 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2744 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2745 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2747 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2748 DEFHOOK
2749 (commutative_p,
2750 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2751 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2752 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2753 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2754 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2755 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2757 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2758 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2759 DEFHOOK
2760 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2761 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2762 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2763 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2764 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2765 but not others.\n\
2767 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2768 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2769 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2770 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2772 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2774 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2775 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2776 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2778 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2779 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2780 DEFHOOK
2781 (legitimize_address,
2782 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2783 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2784 address.\n\
2786 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2787 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2788 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2789 @var{x}.\n\
2791 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2792 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2793 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2795 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2796 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2797 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2798 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2799 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2800 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2801 strategy can generate better code.",
2802 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2803 default_legitimize_address)
2805 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2806 DEFHOOK
2807 (delegitimize_address,
2808 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2809 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2810 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2811 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2812 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2813 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2814 into their original form.",
2815 rtx, (rtx x),
2816 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2818 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2819 section. */
2820 DEFHOOK
2821 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2822 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2823 debug sections.",
2824 bool, (rtx x),
2825 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2827 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2828 DEFHOOK
2829 (legitimate_address_p,
2830 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2831 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2833 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2834 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2835 desired by the caller.\n\
2837 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2838 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2839 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2840 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2841 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2842 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2843 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2844 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2846 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2847 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2848 register is required.\n\
2850 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2851 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2852 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2853 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2854 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2856 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2857 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2858 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2859 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2860 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2862 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2863 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2864 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2865 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2866 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2867 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2868 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2869 Format}.\n\
2871 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2872 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2873 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2874 has this syntax:\n\
2876 @example\n\
2877 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2878 @end example\n\
2880 @noindent\n\
2881 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2882 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2884 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2885 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2886 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2887 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2888 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2890 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2891 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2892 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2893 default_legitimate_address_p)
2895 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2896 DEFHOOK
2897 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2898 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2899 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2900 of @var{x}.\n\
2902 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2903 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2904 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2906 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2907 DEFHOOK
2908 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2909 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2910 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2912 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2913 bool, (const_tree decl),
2914 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2916 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2917 DEFHOOKPOD
2918 (min_anchor_offset,
2919 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2920 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2921 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2922 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2923 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2925 DEFHOOKPOD
2926 (max_anchor_offset,
2927 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2928 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2929 value is 0.",
2930 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2932 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2933 DEFHOOK
2934 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2935 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2936 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2937 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2939 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2940 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2941 or target-specific sections.",
2942 bool, (const_rtx x),
2943 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2945 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2946 DEFHOOK
2947 (has_ifunc_p,
2948 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2949 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2950 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2951 bool, (void),
2952 default_has_ifunc_p)
2954 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2955 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2956 this is an indirect call. */
2957 DEFHOOK
2958 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2959 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2960 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2961 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2963 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2964 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2965 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2966 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2967 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2968 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2969 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2970 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2972 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2973 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2974 level, outside of any function scope. */
2975 DEFHOOK
2976 (set_current_function,
2977 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2978 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2979 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2980 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2981 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2982 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2983 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2984 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2985 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2987 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2988 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2989 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2990 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2991 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2992 outside of any function scope.",
2993 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2995 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2996 DEFHOOK
2997 (in_small_data_p,
2998 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2999 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3000 bool, (const_tree exp),
3001 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3003 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3004 to the current executable or shared library. */
3005 DEFHOOK
3006 (binds_local_p,
3007 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3008 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3009 or executable image).\n\
3011 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3012 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3013 currently supported object file formats.",
3014 bool, (const_tree exp),
3015 default_binds_local_p)
3017 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3018 DEFHOOK
3019 (profile_before_prologue,
3020 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3021 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3022 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3023 bool, (void),
3024 default_profile_before_prologue)
3026 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3027 enabled. */
3028 DEFHOOK
3029 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3030 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3031 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3032 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3033 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3034 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3035 bool, (void),
3036 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3038 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3039 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3040 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3041 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3042 DEFHOOK
3043 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3044 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3045 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3046 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3047 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3048 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3049 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3050 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3051 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3052 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3054 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3055 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3056 DEFHOOK
3057 (encode_section_info,
3058 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3059 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3060 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3062 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3063 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3064 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3065 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3066 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3068 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3069 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3070 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3071 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3072 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3073 leave it alone.)\n\
3075 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3076 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3077 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3078 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3079 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3080 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3082 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3083 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3084 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3085 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3086 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3087 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3089 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3090 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3091 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3092 before overriding it.",
3093 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3094 default_encode_section_info)
3096 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3097 DEFHOOK
3098 (strip_name_encoding,
3099 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3100 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3101 may have added.",
3102 const char *, (const char *name),
3103 default_strip_name_encoding)
3105 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3106 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3107 DEFHOOK
3108 (shift_truncation_mask,
3109 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3110 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3111 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3113 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3114 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3115 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3116 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3117 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3118 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3120 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3121 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3122 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3124 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3125 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3126 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3127 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3128 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3129 by overriding it.",
3130 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3131 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3133 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3134 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3135 the reciprocal. */
3136 DEFHOOK
3137 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3138 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3139 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3140 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3141 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3142 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3143 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3144 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3145 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3147 DEFHOOK
3148 (truly_noop_truncation,
3149 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3150 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3151 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3152 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3153 is correct for most machines.\n\
3155 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3156 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3157 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3158 bool, (unsigned int outprec, unsigned int inprec),
3159 hook_bool_uint_uint_true)
3161 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3162 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3163 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3164 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3165 necessarily defined at this point. */
3166 DEFHOOK
3167 (mode_rep_extended,
3168 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3169 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3170 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3171 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3172 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3173 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3174 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3175 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3176 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3177 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3179 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3180 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3181 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3182 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3184 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3185 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3186 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3187 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3188 extension.\n\
3190 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3191 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3192 @code{mode}.",
3193 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3194 default_mode_rep_extended)
3196 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3197 DEFHOOK
3198 (valid_pointer_mode,
3199 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3200 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3201 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3202 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3203 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3205 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3206 DEFHOOK
3207 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3208 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3209 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3210 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3211 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3212 a pointer to int.",
3213 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
3214 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3216 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3217 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3218 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3219 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3221 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3222 DEFHOOK
3223 (pointer_mode,
3224 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3225 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3226 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3227 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3228 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3230 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3231 DEFHOOK
3232 (address_mode,
3233 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3234 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3235 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3236 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3237 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3239 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3240 in another address space. */
3241 DEFHOOK
3242 (valid_pointer_mode,
3243 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3244 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3245 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3246 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3247 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3248 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3249 target hooks for the given address space.",
3250 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3251 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3253 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3254 space for a given mode. */
3255 DEFHOOK
3256 (legitimate_address_p,
3257 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3258 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3259 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3260 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3261 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3262 explicit named address space support.",
3263 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3264 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3266 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3267 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3268 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3269 DEFHOOK
3270 (legitimize_address,
3271 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3272 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3273 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3274 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3275 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3276 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3278 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3279 DEFHOOK
3280 (subset_p,
3281 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3282 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3283 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3284 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3285 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3286 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3287 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3288 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3290 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3291 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3292 DEFHOOK
3293 (zero_address_valid,
3294 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3295 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3296 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3297 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3299 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3300 DEFHOOK
3301 (convert,
3302 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3303 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3304 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3305 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3306 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3307 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3308 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3309 default_addr_space_convert)
3311 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3312 DEFHOOK
3313 (debug,
3314 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3315 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3316 int, (addr_space_t as),
3317 default_addr_space_debug)
3319 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3320 DEFHOOK
3321 (diagnose_usage,
3322 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3323 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3324 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3325 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3326 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3327 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3328 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3329 The default implementation does nothing.",
3330 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3331 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3333 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3335 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3336 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3338 DEFHOOK
3339 (constant_alignment,
3340 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3341 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3342 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3344 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3346 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3347 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3348 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3349 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3350 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3351 default_constant_alignment)
3353 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3354 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3355 the arithmetic is supported. */
3356 DEFHOOK
3357 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3358 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3359 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3360 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3361 must work.\n\
3363 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3364 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3365 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3366 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3367 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3368 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3370 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3371 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3372 for further details. */
3373 DEFHOOK
3374 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3375 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3376 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3377 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3378 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3379 hook_bool_mode_false)
3381 DEFHOOK
3382 (vector_alignment,
3383 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3384 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3385 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3386 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3387 the vector element type.",
3388 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3389 default_vector_alignment)
3391 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3392 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3393 DEFHOOK
3394 (array_mode_supported_p,
3395 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3396 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3397 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3398 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3400 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3401 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3402 has operations like:\n\
3404 @smallexample\n\
3405 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3406 @end smallexample\n\
3408 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3410 @smallexample\n\
3411 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3412 @{\n\
3413 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3414 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3415 @end smallexample\n\
3417 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3418 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3419 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3420 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3421 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3423 DEFHOOK
3424 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3425 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3426 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3427 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3428 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3429 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3430 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3431 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3433 DEFHOOK
3434 (floatn_mode,
3435 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3436 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3437 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3438 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3439 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3440 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3441 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3442 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3443 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3444 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3445 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3446 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3447 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3448 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3449 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3450 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3451 default_floatn_mode)
3453 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3454 TO, using MODE. */
3455 DEFHOOK
3456 (register_move_cost,
3457 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3458 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3459 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3460 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3461 that.\n\
3463 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3464 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3465 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3467 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3468 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3469 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3470 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3471 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3472 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3474 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3475 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3476 default_register_move_cost)
3478 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3479 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3480 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3481 DEFHOOK
3482 (memory_move_cost,
3483 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3484 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3485 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3486 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3487 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3488 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3490 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3491 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3492 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3493 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3494 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3495 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3497 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3498 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3499 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3500 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3501 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3502 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3503 are the same as to this target hook.",
3504 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3505 default_memory_move_cost)
3507 DEFHOOK
3508 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3509 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3510 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3511 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3512 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3513 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3514 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3515 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3517 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3518 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3519 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3520 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3521 units.\n\
3523 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3524 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3525 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3526 under consideration.\n\
3528 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3529 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3531 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3532 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3533 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3534 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3535 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3536 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3538 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3539 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3540 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3541 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3542 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3543 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3545 DEFHOOK
3546 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3547 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3548 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3549 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3550 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3551 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3552 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3553 negative number from this hook.",
3554 int, (machine_mode mode),
3555 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3557 DEFHOOK
3558 (slow_unaligned_access,
3559 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3560 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3561 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3562 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e. when\n\
3563 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3565 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3566 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3567 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3568 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3569 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3571 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3572 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3573 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3574 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3576 DEFHOOK
3577 (optab_supported_p,
3578 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3579 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3580 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3581 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3582 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3584 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3585 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3586 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3588 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3589 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3590 optimization_type opt_type),
3591 default_optab_supported_p)
3593 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3594 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3595 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3596 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3597 DEFHOOK
3598 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3599 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3600 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3601 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3602 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3603 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3604 for any mode.\n\
3606 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3607 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3608 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3609 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3610 insn.\n\
3612 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3613 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3614 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3615 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3616 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3617 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3618 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3619 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3620 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3622 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3623 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3624 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3625 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3626 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3627 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3628 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3629 hook_bool_mode_false)
3631 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3632 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3633 DEFHOOKPOD
3634 (flags_regnum,
3635 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3636 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3637 appropriately.",
3638 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3640 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3641 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3642 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3643 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3644 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3645 DEFHOOK
3646 (rtx_costs,
3647 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3649 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3650 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3651 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3652 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3653 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3654 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3655 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3657 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3658 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3660 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3661 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3662 instructions.\n\
3664 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3665 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3666 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3667 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3668 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3670 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3671 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3672 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3674 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3675 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3676 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3677 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3679 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3680 invalid addresses. */
3681 DEFHOOK
3682 (address_cost,
3683 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3684 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3685 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3687 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3688 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3689 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3690 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3692 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3693 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3694 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3696 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3697 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3698 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3699 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3700 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3701 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3702 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3703 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3705 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3707 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3708 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3709 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3710 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3711 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3712 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3713 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3714 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3715 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3716 default_address_cost)
3718 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3719 DEFHOOK
3720 (insn_cost,
3721 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3723 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3724 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3725 instructions.\n\
3727 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3728 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3729 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3730 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3732 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3733 well defined units. */
3734 DEFHOOK
3735 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3736 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3737 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3738 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3739 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3740 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3741 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3742 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3743 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3744 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3746 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3747 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3748 were true.\n\
3750 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3751 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3752 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3753 unsigned int, (edge e),
3754 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3756 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3757 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3758 DEFHOOK
3759 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3760 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3761 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3762 @code{if_info}.",
3763 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3764 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3766 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3767 scheduling. */
3768 DEFHOOK
3769 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3770 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3771 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3772 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3773 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3774 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3775 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3776 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3777 hook_bool_void_false)
3779 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3780 DEFHOOK
3781 (allocate_initial_value,
3782 "\n\
3783 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3784 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3785 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3786 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3787 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3788 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3789 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3790 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3791 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3792 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3793 @code{MEM}.\n\
3794 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3795 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3796 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3797 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3798 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3799 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3800 allocation.",
3801 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3803 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3804 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3805 DEFHOOK
3806 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3807 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3808 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3809 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3810 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3811 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3812 passed along.",
3813 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3814 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3816 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3817 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3818 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3819 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3820 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3821 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3822 DEFHOOK
3823 (dwarf_register_span,
3824 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3825 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3826 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3827 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3828 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3829 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3830 rtx, (rtx reg),
3831 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3833 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3834 register. */
3835 DEFHOOK
3836 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3837 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3838 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3839 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3840 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3841 machine_mode, (int regno),
3842 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3844 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3845 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3846 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3847 code, given the address of the table. */
3848 DEFHOOK
3849 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3850 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3851 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3852 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3853 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3854 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3855 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
3856 void, (tree address),
3857 hook_void_tree)
3859 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3860 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3861 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3862 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3863 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3864 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3865 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3866 DEFHOOK
3867 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3868 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3869 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3870 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3871 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3872 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3873 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3874 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3875 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3876 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3877 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3879 The default version of this hook returns false.",
3880 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3881 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3883 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3884 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3885 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3886 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3887 VOIDmode. */
3888 DEFHOOK
3889 (cc_modes_compatible,
3890 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3891 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3892 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3893 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3894 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3895 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3897 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3898 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3899 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
3900 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
3901 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3903 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3904 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3905 DEFHOOK
3906 (machine_dependent_reorg,
3907 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3908 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3909 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3911 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3912 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3913 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3914 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3916 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3917 definition is null.",
3918 void, (void), NULL)
3920 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3921 DEFHOOK
3922 (build_builtin_va_list,
3923 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3924 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
3925 tree, (void),
3926 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3928 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
3929 DEFHOOK
3930 (enum_va_list_p,
3931 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3932 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3933 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3934 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3935 variable.\n\
3936 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3937 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3938 internal type.\n\
3939 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3940 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3941 macro to iterate through all types.",
3942 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3943 NULL)
3945 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3946 DEFHOOK
3947 (fn_abi_va_list,
3948 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3949 @var{fndecl}.\n\
3950 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
3951 tree, (tree fndecl),
3952 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3954 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3955 DEFHOOK
3956 (canonical_va_list_type,
3957 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3958 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3959 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
3960 tree, (tree type),
3961 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3963 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3964 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3965 (expand_builtin_va_start,
3966 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3967 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3969 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3970 DEFHOOK
3971 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
3972 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3973 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
3974 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
3975 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
3976 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
3977 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
3979 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
3980 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
3981 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
3982 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
3983 or an error message if not. */
3984 DEFHOOK
3985 (get_pch_validity,
3986 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
3987 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
3988 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
3989 void *, (size_t *sz),
3990 default_get_pch_validity)
3992 DEFHOOK
3993 (pch_valid_p,
3994 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
3995 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
3996 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
3997 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
3999 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4000 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4001 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4002 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4004 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4005 suitable for most targets.",
4006 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4007 default_pch_valid_p)
4009 DEFHOOK
4010 (prepare_pch_save,
4011 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4012 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4013 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4014 to do anything here.",
4015 void, (void),
4016 hook_void_void)
4018 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4019 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4020 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4021 DEFHOOK
4022 (check_pch_target_flags,
4023 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4024 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4025 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4026 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4027 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4028 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4030 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4031 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4032 that type. */
4033 DEFHOOK
4034 (default_short_enums,
4035 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4036 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4037 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4038 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4040 The default is to return false.",
4041 bool, (void),
4042 hook_bool_void_false)
4044 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4045 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4046 DEFHOOK
4047 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4048 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4049 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4050 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4051 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4052 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4053 rtx, (void),
4054 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4056 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4057 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4058 DEFHOOK
4059 (md_asm_adjust,
4060 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4061 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4062 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4063 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4065 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4066 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4067 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4068 rtx_insn *,
4069 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4070 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4071 NULL)
4073 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4074 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4075 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4076 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4077 the function is being declared as an int. */
4078 DEFHOOK
4079 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4080 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4081 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4082 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4083 int, (const_tree function),
4084 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4086 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4087 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4088 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4089 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4091 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4092 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4093 DEFHOOK
4094 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4095 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4096 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4097 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4098 @smallexample\n\
4099 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4100 @end smallexample\n\
4101 and\n\
4102 @smallexample\n\
4103 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4104 @end smallexample\n\
4105 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4106 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4107 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4108 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4110 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4111 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4112 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4113 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4114 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4115 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4116 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4118 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4119 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4120 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4121 DEFHOOK
4122 (stack_protect_guard,
4123 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4124 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4125 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4126 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4127 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4129 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4130 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4131 tree, (void),
4132 default_stack_protect_guard)
4134 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4135 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4136 DEFHOOK
4137 (stack_protect_fail,
4138 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4139 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4140 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4142 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4143 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4144 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4145 tree, (void),
4146 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4148 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4149 protector runtime support. */
4150 DEFHOOK
4151 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4152 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4153 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4154 bool, (void),
4155 hook_bool_void_true)
4157 DEFHOOK
4158 (can_use_doloop_p,
4159 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4160 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4161 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4162 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4163 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4164 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4165 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4167 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4168 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4169 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4170 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4171 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4172 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4174 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4175 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4176 DEFHOOK
4177 (invalid_within_doloop,
4178 "\n\
4179 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4180 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4181 could not be applied.\n\
4183 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4184 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4185 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4186 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4187 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4188 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4189 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4191 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4192 DEFHOOK
4193 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4194 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4195 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4196 default is to accept all instructions.",
4197 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4198 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4200 DEFHOOK
4201 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4202 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4203 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4204 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4205 bool, (const_tree decl),
4206 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4208 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4209 value. */
4210 DEFHOOKPOD
4211 (const_anchor,
4212 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4213 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4214 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4215 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4216 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4217 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4218 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4219 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4220 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4221 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4222 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4223 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4224 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4225 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4226 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4227 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4229 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4230 DEFHOOK
4231 (memmodel_check,
4232 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4233 memory model bits are allowed.",
4234 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4236 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4237 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4238 supported by the target. */
4239 DEFHOOK
4240 (asan_shadow_offset,
4241 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4242 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4243 supported by the target.",
4244 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4245 NULL)
4247 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4248 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4249 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4251 DEFHOOK
4252 (promote_function_mode,
4253 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4254 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4255 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4256 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4257 pointer} types.\n\
4259 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4260 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4261 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4262 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4263 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4264 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4265 the signedness may be different.\n\
4267 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4269 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4270 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4271 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4272 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4273 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4274 default_promote_function_mode)
4276 DEFHOOK
4277 (promote_prototypes,
4278 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4279 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4280 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4281 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4282 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4283 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4284 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4286 DEFHOOK
4287 (struct_value_rtx,
4288 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4289 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4290 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4291 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4292 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4293 argument.\n\
4295 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4296 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4297 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4298 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4299 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4300 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4301 the caller.\n\
4303 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4304 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4305 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4306 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4307 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4308 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4309 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4311 DEFHOOKPOD
4312 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4313 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4314 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4315 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4316 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4317 undesirable on your target.",
4318 bool, false)
4320 DEFHOOK
4321 (return_in_memory,
4322 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4323 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4324 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4325 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4326 libcalls.\n\
4328 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4329 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4330 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4331 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4332 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4333 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4335 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4336 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4337 to indicate this.",
4338 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4339 default_return_in_memory)
4341 DEFHOOK
4342 (return_in_msb,
4343 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4344 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4345 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4346 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4348 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4349 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4350 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4351 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4352 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4353 bool, (const_tree type),
4354 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4356 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4357 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4358 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4359 DEFHOOK
4360 (pass_by_reference,
4361 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4362 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4363 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4364 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4366 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4367 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4368 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4369 to that type.",
4370 bool,
4371 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4372 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4374 DEFHOOK
4375 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4376 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4377 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4378 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4379 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4380 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4381 rtx, (void),
4382 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4384 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4385 DEFHOOK
4386 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4387 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4388 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4389 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4390 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4391 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4392 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4393 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4395 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4396 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4397 named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4398 last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4400 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4401 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4402 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4403 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4404 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4405 frame.\n\
4407 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4408 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4409 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4410 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4411 for all data types.\n\
4413 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4414 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4415 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4416 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4417 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4418 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4419 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4420 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4422 DEFHOOK
4423 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4424 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4425 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4426 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4427 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4428 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4429 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4430 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4431 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4432 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4434 DEFHOOK
4435 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4436 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4437 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4438 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4439 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4440 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4441 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4442 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4443 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4444 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4446 DEFHOOK
4447 (load_returned_bounds,
4448 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4449 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4450 loaded bounds.",
4451 rtx, (rtx slot),
4452 default_load_returned_bounds)
4454 DEFHOOK
4455 (store_returned_bounds,
4456 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4457 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4458 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4459 default_store_returned_bounds)
4461 DEFHOOK
4462 (setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4463 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4464 into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4465 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4466 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4467 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4468 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4470 DEFHOOK
4471 (call_args,
4472 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4473 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4474 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4475 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4476 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4477 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4478 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4479 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4480 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4481 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4482 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4483 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4484 void, (rtx, tree),
4485 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4487 DEFHOOK
4488 (end_call_args,
4489 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4490 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4491 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4492 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4493 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4494 void, (void),
4495 hook_void_void)
4497 DEFHOOK
4498 (strict_argument_naming,
4499 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4500 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4502 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4503 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4504 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4505 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4506 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4507 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4508 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4510 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4511 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4512 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4514 /* Returns true if we should use
4515 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4516 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4517 DEFHOOK
4518 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4519 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4520 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4521 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4522 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4523 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4524 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4525 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4526 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4528 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4529 should be passed as two scalars. */
4530 DEFHOOK
4531 (split_complex_arg,
4532 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4533 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4534 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4535 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4536 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4537 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4538 point register.\n\
4540 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4541 false.",
4542 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4544 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4545 but must be passed on the stack. */
4546 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4547 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4548 DEFHOOK
4549 (must_pass_in_stack,
4550 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4551 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4552 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4553 documentation.",
4554 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4555 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4557 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4558 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4559 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4560 DEFHOOK
4561 (callee_copies,
4562 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4563 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4564 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4565 by the caller.\n\
4567 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4568 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4569 not be generated.\n\
4571 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4572 bool,
4573 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4574 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4576 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4577 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4578 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4579 DEFHOOK
4580 (arg_partial_bytes,
4581 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4582 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4583 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4584 pushed on the stack.\n\
4586 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4587 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4588 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4589 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4590 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4591 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4592 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4594 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4595 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4596 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4597 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
4598 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4600 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4601 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4602 argument. */
4603 DEFHOOK
4604 (function_arg_advance,
4605 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4606 advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4607 @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4608 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4609 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4611 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4612 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4613 used for arguments without any special help.",
4614 void,
4615 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4616 default_function_arg_advance)
4618 DEFHOOK
4619 (function_arg_offset,
4620 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4621 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4622 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4623 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4624 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4625 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4626 default_function_arg_offset)
4628 DEFHOOK
4629 (function_arg_padding,
4630 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4631 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4632 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4633 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4635 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4636 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4637 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4639 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4640 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4641 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4642 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4643 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4644 default_function_arg_padding)
4646 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4647 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4648 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4649 argument. */
4650 DEFHOOK
4651 (function_arg,
4652 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4653 register and if so, which register.\n\
4655 The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4656 arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4657 the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4658 (which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4659 which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4660 nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4661 function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4662 syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4664 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4665 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4666 on the stack.\n\
4668 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4669 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4670 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4671 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4672 for more information.\n\
4674 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4675 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4676 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4677 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4678 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4679 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4680 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4681 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4682 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4683 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4684 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4685 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4686 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4688 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4689 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4690 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4692 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4693 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4694 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4695 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4696 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4697 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4699 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4700 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4701 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4702 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4703 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4704 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4705 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4706 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4707 a register.",
4708 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4709 bool named),
4710 default_function_arg)
4712 DEFHOOK
4713 (function_incoming_arg,
4714 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4715 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4716 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4717 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4719 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4720 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4721 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4722 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4723 arrive.\n\
4725 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4726 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4727 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4729 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4730 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4731 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4732 bool named),
4733 default_function_incoming_arg)
4735 DEFHOOK
4736 (function_arg_boundary,
4737 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4738 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4739 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4740 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4741 default_function_arg_boundary)
4743 DEFHOOK
4744 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4745 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4746 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4747 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4748 value.",
4749 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4750 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4752 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4753 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4754 DEFHOOK
4755 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4756 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4757 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4758 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4759 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4760 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4762 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4763 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4764 DEFHOOK
4765 (function_value,
4766 "\n\
4767 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4768 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4769 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4770 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4771 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4772 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4773 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4774 a function returns a value.\n\
4776 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4777 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4778 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4779 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4780 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4781 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4782 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4783 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4784 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4785 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4786 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4787 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4789 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4790 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4791 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4793 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4794 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4795 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4796 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4797 known.\n\
4799 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4800 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4801 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4802 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4804 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4805 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4806 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4807 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4808 default_function_value)
4810 /* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4811 DEFHOOK
4812 (chkp_function_value_bounds,
4813 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4814 returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4815 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4816 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4817 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4819 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4820 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4821 DEFHOOK
4822 (libcall_value,
4823 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4824 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4826 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4827 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4828 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4830 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
4831 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
4832 default_libcall_value)
4834 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4835 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4836 DEFHOOK
4837 (function_value_regno_p,
4838 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4839 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4841 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4842 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4843 recognized by this target hook.\n\
4845 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4846 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4847 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4849 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
4850 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4851 default_function_value_regno_p)
4853 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4854 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4855 (internal_arg_pointer,
4856 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4857 current function.",
4858 rtx, (void),
4859 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4861 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4862 DEFHOOK
4863 (update_stack_boundary,
4864 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4865 necessary.",
4866 void, (void), NULL)
4868 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4869 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4870 DEFHOOK
4871 (get_drap_rtx,
4872 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4873 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4874 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4875 is needed.",
4876 rtx, (void), NULL)
4878 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4879 stack. */
4880 DEFHOOK
4881 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
4882 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4883 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4884 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4885 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4886 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4887 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4888 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4889 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
4890 bool, (void),
4891 hook_bool_void_true)
4893 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4894 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
4895 DEFHOOK
4896 (static_chain,
4897 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4898 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4899 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4900 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4901 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4903 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4905 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4906 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4907 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4908 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4909 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4910 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4911 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4912 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4913 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4914 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4915 to refer to those items.",
4916 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
4917 default_static_chain)
4919 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4920 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4921 DEFHOOK
4922 (trampoline_init,
4923 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4924 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4925 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4926 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4927 when it is called.\n\
4929 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4930 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4931 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4932 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4933 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4934 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4936 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
4937 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
4938 initializing the trampoline proper.",
4939 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
4940 default_trampoline_init)
4942 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
4943 DEFHOOK
4944 (trampoline_adjust_address,
4945 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
4946 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
4947 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
4948 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
4949 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
4950 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
4951 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
4952 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
4954 DEFHOOKPOD
4955 (custom_function_descriptors,
4956 "This hook should be defined to a power of 2 if the target will benefit\n\
4957 from the use of custom descriptors for nested functions instead of the\n\
4958 standard trampolines. Such descriptors are created at run time on the\n\
4959 stack and made up of data only, but they are non-standard so the generated\n\
4960 code must be prepared to deal with them. This hook should be defined to 0\n\
4961 if the target uses function descriptors for its standard calling sequence,\n\
4962 like for example HP-PA or IA-64. Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
4963 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
4964 it to be made executable.\n\
4966 The value of the macro is used to parameterize the run-time identification\n\
4967 scheme implemented to distinguish descriptors from function addresses: it\n\
4968 gives the number of bytes by which their address is misaligned compared\n\
4969 with function addresses. The value of 1 will generally work, unless it is\n\
4970 already reserved by the target for another purpose, like for example on ARM.",\
4971 int, -1)
4973 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
4974 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
4975 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
4976 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
4977 DEFHOOK
4978 (return_pops_args,
4979 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
4980 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
4981 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
4983 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
4984 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4985 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
4986 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
4988 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
4989 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4990 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
4991 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
4992 arguments (if known).\n\
4994 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
4995 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
4996 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
4997 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
4998 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
4999 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5001 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5002 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5003 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5005 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5006 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5007 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5008 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5009 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5010 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5011 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5012 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5013 number of arguments.",
5014 int, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size),
5015 default_return_pops_args)
5017 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5018 returned. */
5019 DEFHOOK
5020 (get_raw_result_mode,
5021 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5022 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
5023 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5024 machine_mode, (int regno),
5025 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5027 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5028 passed. */
5029 DEFHOOK
5030 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5031 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5032 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5033 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5034 machine_mode, (int regno),
5035 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5037 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5039 DEFHOOK
5040 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5041 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5042 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5043 bool, (void),
5044 hook_bool_void_false)
5046 DEFHOOK
5047 (init_pic_reg,
5048 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5049 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5050 void, (void),
5051 hook_void_void)
5053 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5054 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5055 DEFHOOK
5056 (invalid_conversion,
5057 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5058 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5059 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5060 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5061 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5063 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5064 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5065 DEFHOOK
5066 (invalid_unary_op,
5067 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5068 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5069 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5070 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5071 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5072 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5074 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5075 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5076 DEFHOOK
5077 (invalid_binary_op,
5078 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5079 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5080 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5081 the front end.",
5082 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5083 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5085 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5086 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5087 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5088 DEFHOOK
5089 (promoted_type,
5090 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5091 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5092 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5093 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5094 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5095 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5096 tree, (const_tree type),
5097 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5099 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5100 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5101 the standard conversion rules. */
5102 DEFHOOK
5103 (convert_to_type,
5104 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5105 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5106 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5107 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5108 conversion rules.\n\
5109 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5110 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5111 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5113 DEFHOOK
5114 (can_change_mode_class,
5115 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5116 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5117 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5118 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5119 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5121 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5122 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5123 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5124 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5125 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5126 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5128 @smallexample\n\
5129 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5130 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5131 @end smallexample\n\
5133 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5134 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5135 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5136 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5137 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5138 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5139 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5140 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5141 value that the middle-end intended.",
5142 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5143 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5145 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5146 DEFHOOK
5147 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5148 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5149 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5151 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5152 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5153 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5155 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5156 DEFHOOK
5157 (lra_p,
5158 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5160 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5161 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5162 bool, (void),
5163 default_lra_p)
5165 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5166 DEFHOOK
5167 (register_priority,
5168 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5169 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5170 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5171 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5172 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5173 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5174 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5175 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5177 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5178 int, (int),
5179 default_register_priority)
5181 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5182 DEFHOOK
5183 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5184 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5185 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5186 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5187 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5188 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5189 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5190 optimizations.\
5192 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5193 bool, (void),
5194 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5196 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5197 DEFHOOK
5198 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5199 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5200 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5201 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5202 the insn.\
5204 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5205 bool, (void),
5206 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5208 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5209 instead of memory. */
5210 DEFHOOK
5211 (spill_class,
5212 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5213 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5214 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5215 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5216 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5217 NULL)
5219 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5220 DEFHOOK
5221 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5222 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5223 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5224 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5225 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5226 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5227 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5228 bool, (reg_class_t),
5229 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5231 DEFHOOK
5232 (cstore_mode,
5233 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5234 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5235 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5236 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5237 patterns.",
5238 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5239 default_cstore_mode)
5241 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5242 classes to use. */
5243 DEFHOOK
5244 (compute_pressure_classes,
5245 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5246 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5247 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5248 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5249 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5251 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5252 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5253 DEFHOOK
5254 (member_type_forces_blk,
5255 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5256 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5258 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5259 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5260 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5261 retain the field's mode.\n\
5263 Normally, this is not needed.",
5264 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5265 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5267 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5268 that gate the divod transform. */
5269 DEFHOOK
5270 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5271 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5272 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5273 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5274 NULL)
5276 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5277 DEFHOOK
5278 (secondary_reload,
5279 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5280 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5281 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5282 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5283 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5284 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5285 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5286 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5287 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5288 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5289 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5290 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5292 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5293 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5294 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5295 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5296 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5297 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5298 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5299 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5300 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5301 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5303 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5305 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5306 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5307 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5308 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5309 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5311 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5312 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5313 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5314 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5315 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5316 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5318 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5319 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5320 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5321 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5322 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5324 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5325 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5326 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5327 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5328 single-register-class\n\
5329 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5330 output constraint.\n\
5332 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5333 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5334 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5335 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5337 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5338 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5339 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5340 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5341 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5342 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5343 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5344 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5347 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5348 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5349 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5350 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5352 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5353 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5354 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5356 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5357 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5358 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5359 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5360 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5361 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5362 reg_class_t,
5363 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5364 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5365 default_secondary_reload)
5367 DEFHOOK
5368 (secondary_memory_needed,
5369 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5370 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5371 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5372 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5373 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5374 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5375 false for all inputs.",
5376 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5377 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5379 DEFHOOK
5380 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5381 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5382 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5383 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5385 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5386 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5387 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5388 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5389 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5390 floating-point registers.\n\
5392 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5393 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5394 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5395 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5396 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5397 details.\n\
5399 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5400 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5401 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5403 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5404 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5405 DEFHOOK
5406 (preferred_reload_class,
5407 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5408 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5409 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5410 another, smaller class.\n\
5412 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5414 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5415 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5416 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5417 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5418 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5420 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5421 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5422 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5423 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5424 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5425 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5426 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5427 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5428 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5429 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5430 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5432 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5433 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5434 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5435 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5436 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5437 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5438 reg_class_t,
5439 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5440 default_preferred_reload_class)
5442 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5443 input reloads. */
5444 DEFHOOK
5445 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5446 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5447 input reloads.\n\
5449 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5450 argument.\n\
5452 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5453 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5454 reg_class_t,
5455 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5456 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5458 DEFHOOK
5459 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5460 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5461 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5462 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5464 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5465 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5466 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5467 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5468 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5470 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5471 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5472 pressure.",
5473 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5474 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5476 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5477 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5478 DEFHOOK
5479 (class_max_nregs,
5480 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5481 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5483 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5484 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5485 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5486 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5487 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5489 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5490 in the reload pass.\n\
5492 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5493 in words.",
5494 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5495 default_class_max_nregs)
5497 DEFHOOK
5498 (preferred_rename_class,
5499 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5500 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5501 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5502 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5503 is not implemented.\
5504 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5505 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5506 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5507 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5508 be reduced.",
5509 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5510 default_preferred_rename_class)
5512 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5513 during register allocation. */
5514 DEFHOOK
5515 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5516 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5517 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5518 register allocation.\n\
5519 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5520 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5521 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5522 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5523 bool, (rtx subst),
5524 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5526 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5527 displacement addressing. */
5528 DEFHOOK
5529 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5530 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
5531 legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
5532 at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
5533 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5534 This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
5535 addressing.",
5536 bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
5537 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5539 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5540 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5541 DEFHOOK
5542 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5543 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5544 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5545 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5546 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5547 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5548 usage.",
5549 void, (void),
5550 hook_void_void)
5552 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5553 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5554 but will be later. */
5555 DEFHOOK
5556 (instantiate_decls,
5557 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5558 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5559 void, (void),
5560 hook_void_void)
5562 DEFHOOK
5563 (hard_regno_nregs,
5564 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5565 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5566 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5567 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5568 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5569 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5571 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5572 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5573 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5575 DEFHOOK
5576 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5577 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5578 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5579 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5580 unconditionally.\n\
5582 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5583 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5585 @cindex register pairs\n\
5586 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5587 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5588 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5590 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5591 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5592 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5593 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5595 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5596 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5597 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5598 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5599 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5600 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5601 modes to be tieable.\n\
5603 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5604 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5605 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5606 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5607 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5608 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5610 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5611 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5612 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5613 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5614 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5615 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5616 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5617 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5618 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5620 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5621 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5622 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5623 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5624 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5626 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5627 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5628 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5629 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5630 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5631 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5632 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5634 DEFHOOK
5635 (modes_tieable_p,
5636 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5637 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5639 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5640 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5641 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5642 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5643 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5644 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5645 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5647 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5648 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5649 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5650 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5651 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5653 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5654 in peephole2. */
5655 DEFHOOK
5656 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5657 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5658 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5660 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5661 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5663 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5664 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5665 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5667 DEFHOOK
5668 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5669 "This hook should return true if @var{regno} is partly call-saved and\n\
5670 partly call-clobbered, and if a value of mode @var{mode} would be partly\n\
5671 clobbered by a call. For example, if the low 32 bits of @var{regno} are\n\
5672 preserved across a call but higher bits are clobbered, this hook should\n\
5673 return true for a 64-bit mode but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5675 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5676 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5677 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5678 hook_bool_uint_mode_false)
5680 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5681 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5682 DEFHOOK
5683 (case_values_threshold,
5684 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5685 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5686 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5687 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
5688 unsigned int, (void),
5689 default_case_values_threshold)
5691 DEFHOOK
5692 (starting_frame_offset,
5693 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
5694 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
5695 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
5696 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
5697 implementation returns 0.",
5698 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5699 hook_hwi_void_0)
5701 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5702 DEFHOOK
5703 (compute_frame_layout,
5704 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5705 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5706 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5707 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5708 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5709 this callback is optional.",
5710 void, (void),
5711 hook_void_void)
5713 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5714 DEFHOOK
5715 (frame_pointer_required,
5716 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5717 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5718 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5720 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5721 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5722 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5723 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5724 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5725 pointer.\n\
5727 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5728 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5729 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5730 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5731 them.\n\
5733 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5734 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5735 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5737 Default return value is @code{false}.",
5738 bool, (void),
5739 hook_bool_void_false)
5741 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5742 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5743 DEFHOOK
5744 (can_eliminate,
5745 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5746 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5747 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5748 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5749 knows about.\n\
5751 Default return value is @code{true}.",
5752 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5753 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5755 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5756 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5757 target. */
5758 DEFHOOK
5759 (conditional_register_usage,
5760 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5761 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5762 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5763 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5764 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
5765 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5766 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5767 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5768 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5769 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5770 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5771 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5772 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5773 command options have been applied.\n\
5775 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5776 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
5777 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5778 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5779 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
5780 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5781 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5782 that shouldn't be used.\n\
5784 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5785 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5786 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5787 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5788 void, (void),
5789 hook_void_void)
5791 DEFHOOK
5792 (stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe,
5793 "Some targets make optimistic assumptions about the state of stack probing when they emit their prologues. On such targets a probe into the end of any dynamically allocated space is likely required for safety against stack clash style attacks. Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe is required or zero otherwise. You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
5794 bool, (rtx residual),
5795 default_stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe)
5798 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5799 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5800 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5801 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5803 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5804 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5805 (mode_for_suffix,
5806 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5807 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
5808 machine_mode, (char c),
5809 default_mode_for_suffix)
5811 DEFHOOK
5812 (excess_precision,
5813 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
5814 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
5815 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
5816 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
5817 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
5818 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
5819 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
5820 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
5821 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
5822 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
5823 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
5824 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
5825 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
5826 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
5827 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
5828 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
5829 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
5830 default_excess_precision)
5832 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5834 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5835 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5836 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5837 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5839 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5840 DEFHOOK
5841 (guard_type,
5842 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5843 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5844 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
5845 tree, (void),
5846 default_cxx_guard_type)
5848 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5849 DEFHOOK
5850 (guard_mask_bit,
5851 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5852 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5853 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
5854 bool, (void),
5855 hook_bool_void_false)
5857 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5858 DEFHOOK
5859 (get_cookie_size,
5860 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5861 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5862 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5863 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5864 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
5865 tree, (tree type),
5866 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5868 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5869 DEFHOOK
5870 (cookie_has_size,
5871 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5872 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
5873 bool, (void),
5874 hook_bool_void_false)
5876 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5877 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5878 DEFHOOK
5879 (import_export_class,
5880 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5881 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5882 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5883 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5884 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5885 backend's targeted operating system.",
5886 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5888 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5889 DEFHOOK
5890 (cdtor_returns_this,
5891 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5892 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5893 @code{false}.",
5894 bool, (void),
5895 hook_bool_void_false)
5897 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5898 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5899 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5900 DEFHOOK
5901 (key_method_may_be_inline,
5902 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5903 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5904 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5905 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5906 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
5907 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
5908 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
5909 bool, (void),
5910 hook_bool_void_true)
5912 DEFHOOK
5913 (determine_class_data_visibility,
5914 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
5915 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
5916 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
5917 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
5918 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
5919 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
5920 void, (tree decl),
5921 hook_void_tree)
5923 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
5924 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
5925 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
5926 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
5927 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
5928 DEFHOOK
5929 (class_data_always_comdat,
5930 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
5931 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
5932 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
5933 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
5934 unit will not be COMDAT.",
5935 bool, (void),
5936 hook_bool_void_true)
5938 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
5939 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
5940 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
5941 DEFHOOK
5942 (library_rtti_comdat,
5943 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
5944 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
5945 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
5946 bool, (void),
5947 hook_bool_void_true)
5949 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
5950 destructors. */
5951 DEFHOOK
5952 (use_aeabi_atexit,
5953 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
5954 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
5955 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
5956 bool, (void),
5957 hook_bool_void_false)
5959 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
5960 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
5961 DEFHOOK
5962 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
5963 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
5964 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
5965 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
5966 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
5967 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
5968 bool, (void),
5969 hook_bool_void_false)
5971 DEFHOOK
5972 (adjust_class_at_definition,
5973 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
5974 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
5975 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
5976 void, (tree type),
5977 hook_void_tree)
5979 DEFHOOK
5980 (decl_mangling_context,
5981 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
5982 tree, (const_tree decl),
5983 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5985 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
5987 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
5988 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5989 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
5990 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
5992 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
5993 DEFHOOKPOD
5994 (get_address,
5995 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
5996 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
5997 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
5998 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6000 DEFHOOKPOD
6001 (register_common,
6002 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6003 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6004 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6005 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6006 registration function to be used.",
6007 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6009 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6010 DEFHOOKPOD
6011 (var_section,
6012 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6013 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6014 any section.",
6015 const char *, NULL)
6017 DEFHOOKPOD
6018 (tmpl_section,
6019 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6020 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6021 section.",
6022 const char *, NULL)
6024 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6025 DEFHOOKPOD
6026 (var_prefix,
6027 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6028 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6029 const char *, NULL)
6031 DEFHOOKPOD
6032 (tmpl_prefix,
6033 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6034 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6035 const char *, NULL)
6037 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6038 DEFHOOK
6039 (var_fields,
6040 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6041 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6042 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6043 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6044 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6045 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6046 default_emutls_var_fields)
6048 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6049 DEFHOOK
6050 (var_init,
6051 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6052 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6053 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6054 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6055 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6056 default_emutls_var_init)
6058 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6059 proxy variable. */
6060 DEFHOOKPOD
6061 (var_align_fixed,
6062 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6063 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6064 single objects. The default is false.",
6065 bool, false)
6067 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6068 DEFHOOKPOD
6069 (debug_form_tls_address,
6070 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6071 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6072 bool, false)
6074 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6076 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6077 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6078 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6080 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6081 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6082 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6083 DEFHOOK
6084 (valid_attribute_p,
6085 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6086 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6087 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6088 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6089 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6091 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6092 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6093 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6094 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6095 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6097 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6098 DEFHOOK
6099 (save,
6100 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6101 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6102 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6103 @xref{Option file format}.",
6104 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
6106 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6107 structure. */
6108 DEFHOOK
6109 (restore,
6110 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6111 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6112 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6113 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6115 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6116 streamed in. */
6117 DEFHOOK
6118 (post_stream_in,
6119 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6120 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6121 LTO bytecode.",
6122 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6124 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6125 structure. */
6126 DEFHOOK
6127 (print,
6128 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6129 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6130 function-specific options.",
6131 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6133 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6134 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6135 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6136 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6137 DEFHOOK
6138 (pragma_parse,
6139 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6140 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6141 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6142 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6143 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6144 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6146 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6147 DEFHOOK
6148 (override,
6149 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6150 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6151 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6152 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6154 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6155 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6157 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6158 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6159 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6160 void, (void),
6161 hook_void_void)
6163 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6164 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6165 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6166 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6167 DEFHOOK
6168 (function_versions,
6169 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6170 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6171 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6172 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6173 different target machines.",
6174 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6175 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6177 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6178 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6179 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6180 DEFHOOK
6181 (can_inline_p,
6182 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6183 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6184 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6185 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6186 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6187 default_target_can_inline_p)
6189 DEFHOOK
6190 (relayout_function,
6191 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6192 void, (tree fndecl),
6193 hook_void_tree)
6195 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6197 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6198 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6199 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6200 DEFHOOK
6201 (extra_live_on_entry,
6202 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6203 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6204 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6205 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6206 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6207 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6208 void, (bitmap regs),
6209 hook_void_bitmap)
6211 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6212 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6213 definition. */
6214 DEFHOOKPOD
6215 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6216 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6217 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6218 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6219 linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6220 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6221 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6222 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6223 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6224 bool,
6225 false)
6227 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6228 DEFHOOK
6229 (set_up_by_prologue,
6230 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6231 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6232 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6233 NULL)
6235 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6236 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6237 function attribute. */
6238 DEFHOOK
6239 (warn_func_return,
6240 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6241 bool, (tree),
6242 hook_bool_tree_true)
6244 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6245 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6246 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6248 DEFHOOK
6249 (get_separate_components,
6250 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6251 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6252 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6253 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6254 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6255 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6256 sbitmap, (void),
6257 NULL)
6259 DEFHOOK
6260 (components_for_bb,
6261 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6262 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6263 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6264 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6265 NULL)
6267 DEFHOOK
6268 (disqualify_components,
6269 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6270 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6271 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6272 epilogue instead.",
6273 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6274 NULL)
6276 DEFHOOK
6277 (emit_prologue_components,
6278 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6279 void, (sbitmap),
6280 NULL)
6282 DEFHOOK
6283 (emit_epilogue_components,
6284 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6285 void, (sbitmap),
6286 NULL)
6288 DEFHOOK
6289 (set_handled_components,
6290 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6291 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6292 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6293 will be deleted after this call.",
6294 void, (sbitmap),
6295 NULL)
6297 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6298 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6299 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6301 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6302 DEFHOOK
6303 (debug_unwind_info,
6304 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6305 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6306 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6307 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6309 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6310 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6312 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6313 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6314 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6315 default_debug_unwind_info)
6317 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6318 defined at this time. */
6319 DEFHOOK
6320 (canonicalize_comparison,
6321 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6322 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6323 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6324 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6326 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6327 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6328 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6329 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6330 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6331 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6332 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6334 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6335 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6336 @file{md} file.\n\
6338 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6339 comparison code or operands.",
6340 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6341 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6343 DEFHOOK
6344 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6345 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6346 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6347 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6349 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6350 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6351 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6353 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6354 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6355 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6357 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6358 defined to 1.",
6359 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6361 DEFHOOKPOD
6362 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6363 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6364 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
6365 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6366 unsigned char, 1)
6368 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6369 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6370 as needed. */
6371 DEFHOOK
6372 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6373 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6374 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6375 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6376 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6377 hook_uint_mode_0)
6379 DEFHOOK
6380 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6381 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6382 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6383 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6384 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6385 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6386 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6387 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6388 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6389 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6390 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6391 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6392 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6393 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6394 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6395 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6396 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6397 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6399 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6401 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6402 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6403 DEFHOOKPOD
6404 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6405 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6406 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6407 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6408 bool, false)
6410 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6411 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6412 DEFHOOKPOD
6413 (have_ctors_dtors,
6414 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6415 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6416 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6417 bool, false)
6419 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6420 DEFHOOKPOD
6421 (have_tls,
6422 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6423 The default value is false.",
6424 bool, false)
6426 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6427 DEFHOOKPOD
6428 (have_srodata_section,
6429 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6430 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6431 bool, false)
6433 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6434 DEFHOOKPOD
6435 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6436 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6437 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6438 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6439 true otherwise.",
6440 bool, true)
6442 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6443 DEFHOOKPOD
6444 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6445 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6446 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6447 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6448 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6449 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6450 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6451 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6453 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6454 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6455 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6456 bool, false)
6458 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6459 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6460 DEFHOOKPOD
6461 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6462 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6463 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6464 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6465 this to be done. The default is false.",
6466 bool, false)
6468 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6469 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6470 DEFHOOKPOD
6471 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6472 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6473 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6474 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6475 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6476 bool, false)
6478 DEFHOOKPOD
6479 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6480 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6481 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6482 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6483 bool, false)
6485 DEFHOOKPOD
6486 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6487 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6488 bool, false)
6490 DEFHOOKPOD
6491 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6492 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6493 bool, false)
6495 DEFHOOKPOD
6496 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6497 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6498 targets.",
6499 bool, false)
6501 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6503 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6504 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6505 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6506 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6508 DEFHOOK
6509 (emit,
6510 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6511 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6513 DEFHOOK
6514 (needed,
6515 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6516 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6518 DEFHOOK
6519 (after,
6520 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6521 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6523 DEFHOOK
6524 (entry,
6525 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6526 int, (int entity), NULL)
6528 DEFHOOK
6529 (exit,
6530 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6531 int, (int entity), NULL)
6533 DEFHOOK
6534 (priority,
6535 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6536 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6538 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6540 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6541 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6543 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6544 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6545 #include "target-insns.def"
6546 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6548 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6549 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6550 #include "target-insns.def"
6551 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6553 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6554 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6555 #include "target-insns.def"
6556 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6558 DEFHOOK
6559 (run_target_selftests,
6560 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6561 void, (void),
6562 NULL)
6564 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6565 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)